a8de819021
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@17137 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
9675 lines
264 KiB
C++
9675 lines
264 KiB
C++
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// Name: generic/grid.cpp
|
|
// Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
|
|
// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
|
|
// Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
|
|
// Created: 1/08/1999
|
|
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
|
// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
|
|
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
// declarations
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// headers
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __GNUG__
|
|
#pragma implementation "grid.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
|
|
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
#pragma hdrstop
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_GRID
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID)
|
|
#include "gridg.cpp"
|
|
#else // wxUSE_NEW_GRID
|
|
|
|
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
|
|
#include "wx/utils.h"
|
|
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
|
#include "wx/settings.h"
|
|
#include "wx/log.h"
|
|
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
|
#include "wx/checkbox.h"
|
|
#include "wx/combobox.h"
|
|
#include "wx/valtext.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "wx/textfile.h"
|
|
#include "wx/spinctrl.h"
|
|
#include "wx/tokenzr.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "wx/grid.h"
|
|
#include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
#define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
|
|
#else
|
|
#define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__WXGTK__)
|
|
#define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
|
|
#else
|
|
#define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Required for wxIs... functions
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// array classes
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs);
|
|
|
|
struct wxGridCellWithAttr
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
|
|
: coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~wxGridCellWithAttr()
|
|
{
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoords coords;
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray);
|
|
|
|
#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
|
|
|
|
WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
|
|
WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// events
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
|
|
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// private classes
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGrid *m_owner;
|
|
|
|
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
|
|
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
|
|
|
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
|
|
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGrid *m_owner;
|
|
|
|
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
|
|
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
|
|
|
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
|
|
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
|
|
wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGrid *m_owner;
|
|
|
|
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
|
|
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
|
|
|
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
|
|
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridWindow()
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
|
|
m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
|
|
wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
|
|
~wxGridWindow();
|
|
|
|
void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGrid *m_owner;
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin;
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin;
|
|
|
|
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
|
|
void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
|
|
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
|
|
void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
|
|
void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
|
|
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler()
|
|
: m_grid(0), m_editor(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
|
|
: m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
|
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGrid* m_grid;
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* m_editor;
|
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
|
|
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// this class stores attributes set for cells
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
|
|
void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
|
|
void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
|
|
int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
// empty ctor to suppress warnings
|
|
wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
|
|
~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
|
|
|
|
void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
|
|
void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
|
|
wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
|
|
// attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
|
|
wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
|
|
m_colAttrs;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// data structures used for the data type registry
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor)
|
|
: m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
|
|
{
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString m_typeName;
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* m_editor;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray);
|
|
|
|
|
|
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
|
|
~wxGridTypeRegistry();
|
|
|
|
void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor);
|
|
|
|
// find one of already registered data types
|
|
int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
|
|
|
|
// try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
|
|
// standard typenames, register it and return its index
|
|
int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
|
|
|
|
// try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
|
|
// registered data types with some params in which case clone the
|
|
// registered data type and set params for it
|
|
int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// conditional compilation
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
#ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
|
|
#define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// globals
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
//#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
|
|
static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// constants
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
|
|
wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
|
|
|
|
// scroll line size
|
|
// TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
|
|
// calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
|
|
// sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
|
|
//
|
|
// The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
|
|
// surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
|
|
// -- Robin
|
|
//
|
|
// Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
|
|
// fixing anyhow
|
|
// -- Vadim
|
|
static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1;
|
|
static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
|
|
|
|
// the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
|
|
// in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
|
|
static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// private functions
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
|
|
{
|
|
return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
|
|
{
|
|
return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
// implementation
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
m_control = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
|
|
wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( evtHandler )
|
|
m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
// erase the background because we might not fill the cell
|
|
wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
|
|
dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
|
|
dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
|
|
|
|
// redraw the control we just painted over
|
|
m_control->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_control)
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/);
|
|
|
|
m_control->Destroy();
|
|
m_control = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
m_control->Show(show);
|
|
|
|
if ( show )
|
|
{
|
|
// set the colours/fonts if we have any
|
|
if ( attr )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
|
|
m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
|
|
|
|
m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
|
|
m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
|
|
|
|
m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
|
|
m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
|
|
|
|
// can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
|
|
// attributes may only be used by the derived classes
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// restore the standard colours fonts
|
|
if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
|
|
m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
|
|
m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
|
|
m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
// accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta
|
|
return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellTextEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
m_maxChars = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
|
|
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
|
|
, wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_MULTILINE |
|
|
wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
|
|
#endif
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
// TODO: use m_maxChars
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
|
|
wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
|
|
{
|
|
// as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
|
|
// flicker
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect(rectOrig);
|
|
|
|
// Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
|
|
// margins
|
|
//
|
|
// TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
|
|
// unix
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(__WXGTK__)
|
|
if (rect.x != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
rect.x += 1;
|
|
rect.y += 1;
|
|
rect.width -= 1;
|
|
rect.height -= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
#else // !GTK
|
|
int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
|
// MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
|
|
// when the editor is in the first row.
|
|
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
|
|
int extra_y = 2;
|
|
#else
|
|
int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
|
|
#endif // MSW
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
extra_x *= 2;
|
|
extra_y *= 2;
|
|
#endif
|
|
rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
|
|
rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
|
|
rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
|
|
rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
|
|
#endif // GTK/!GTK
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
|
|
DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
|
|
{
|
|
Text()->SetValue(startValue);
|
|
Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
|
Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
|
|
Text()->SetFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
bool changed = FALSE;
|
|
wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
|
|
if (value != m_startValue)
|
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (changed)
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
|
|
|
|
m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
|
|
Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
DoReset(m_startValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
|
|
{
|
|
Text()->SetValue(startValue);
|
|
Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
|
|
switch ( keycode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD0:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD1:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD2:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD3:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD4:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD5:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD6:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD7:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD8:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD9:
|
|
case WXK_MULTIPLY:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:
|
|
case WXK_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_DECIMAL:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
|
|
case WXK_DIVIDE:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
// accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees
|
|
if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Text()->EmulateKeyPress(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
|
|
WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
|
|
// wxMotif needs a little extra help...
|
|
size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
|
|
wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
|
|
s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
|
|
Text()->SetValue(s);
|
|
Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
|
|
#else
|
|
// the other ports can handle a Return key press
|
|
//
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !params )
|
|
{
|
|
// reset to default
|
|
m_maxChars = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
long tmp;
|
|
if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellNumberEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
|
|
{
|
|
m_min = min;
|
|
m_max = max;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( HasRange() )
|
|
{
|
|
// create a spin ctrl
|
|
m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
|
wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
|
m_min, m_max);
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// just a text control
|
|
wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
|
|
Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
// first get the value
|
|
wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
|
|
if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_valueOld = 0;
|
|
wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty())
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( HasRange() )
|
|
{
|
|
Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
|
|
Spin()->SetFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DoBeginEdit(GetString());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
bool changed;
|
|
long value = 0;
|
|
wxString text;
|
|
|
|
if ( HasRange() )
|
|
{
|
|
value = Spin()->GetValue();
|
|
changed = value != m_valueOld;
|
|
if (changed)
|
|
text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
text = Text()->GetValue();
|
|
changed = (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( changed )
|
|
{
|
|
if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
|
|
else
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( HasRange() )
|
|
{
|
|
Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DoReset(GetString());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
|
|
switch ( keycode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD0:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD1:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD2:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD3:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD4:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD5:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD6:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD7:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD8:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD9:
|
|
case WXK_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_UP:
|
|
case WXK_DOWN:
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !HasRange() )
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode();
|
|
if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD0
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD1
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD2
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD3
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD4
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD5
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD6
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD7
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD8
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD9
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_ADD
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_SUBTRACT
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
|
|
|
|
// skip Skip() below
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !params )
|
|
{
|
|
// reset to default
|
|
m_min =
|
|
m_max = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
long tmp;
|
|
if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_min = (int)tmp;
|
|
|
|
if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_max = (int)tmp;
|
|
|
|
// skip the error message below
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellFloatEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
|
|
{
|
|
m_width = width;
|
|
m_precision = precision;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
|
|
Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
// first get the value
|
|
wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
|
|
if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_valueOld = 0.0;
|
|
wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty())
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DoBeginEdit(GetString());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
double value = 0.0;
|
|
wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
|
|
|
|
if ( (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) )
|
|
{
|
|
if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
|
|
else
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
DoReset(GetString());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode();
|
|
if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.'
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD0
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD1
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD2
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD3
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD4
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD5
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD6
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD7
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD8
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD9
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_ADD
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_SUBTRACT
|
|
|| keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
|
|
|
|
// skip Skip() below
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !params )
|
|
{
|
|
// reset to default
|
|
m_width =
|
|
m_precision = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
long tmp;
|
|
if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_width = (int)tmp;
|
|
|
|
if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_precision = (int)tmp;
|
|
|
|
// skip the error message below
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
|
|
{
|
|
wxString fmt;
|
|
if ( m_width == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// default width/precision
|
|
fmt = _T("%f");
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_precision == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// default precision
|
|
fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
|
|
switch ( keycode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD0:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD1:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD2:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD3:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD4:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD5:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD6:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD7:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD8:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD9:
|
|
case WXK_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_DECIMAL:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
// additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6'
|
|
if ( (keycode < 128) &&
|
|
(isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellBoolEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
|
wxNO_BORDER);
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
|
|
{
|
|
bool resize = FALSE;
|
|
wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
|
|
wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
|
|
|
|
// check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
|
|
wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
|
|
if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
|
|
{
|
|
// reset to default size if it had been made smaller
|
|
size = sizeBest;
|
|
|
|
resize = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
|
|
{
|
|
// leave 1 pixel margin
|
|
size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
|
|
|
|
resize = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( resize )
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->SetSize(size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
// the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
|
|
// so shift it to the right
|
|
size.x -= 8;
|
|
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
|
|
// here too, but in other way
|
|
size.x += 1;
|
|
size.y -= 2;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
m_control->Show(show);
|
|
|
|
if ( show )
|
|
{
|
|
wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
|
|
CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
|
|
m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
|
|
m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
|
|
}
|
|
CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
CBox()->SetFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
bool changed = FALSE;
|
|
bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
|
|
if ( value != m_startValue )
|
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( changed )
|
|
{
|
|
if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
|
|
else
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
|
|
{
|
|
CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
|
|
switch ( keycode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_MULTIPLY:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:
|
|
case WXK_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
|
|
case WXK_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
|
|
case WXK_SPACE:
|
|
case '+':
|
|
case '-':
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
|
|
|
|
#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellChoiceEditor
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
|
|
const wxString choices[],
|
|
bool allowOthers)
|
|
: m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( count )
|
|
{
|
|
m_choices.Alloc(count);
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
|
|
editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
|
|
editor->m_choices = m_choices;
|
|
|
|
return editor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_choices.GetCount();
|
|
wxString *choices = new wxString[count];
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
choices[n] = m_choices[n];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
|
count, choices,
|
|
m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
|
|
|
|
delete [] choices;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr * attr)
|
|
{
|
|
// as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
|
|
// flicker
|
|
|
|
// TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
|
|
// combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to
|
|
// figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
|
|
wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
|
|
wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
|
|
|
|
m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
|
|
Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
size_t count = m_choices.GetCount();
|
|
for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_startValue == m_choices[i])
|
|
{
|
|
Combo()->SetSelection(i);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
|
Combo()->SetFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGrid* grid)
|
|
{
|
|
wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
|
|
bool changed = value != m_startValue;
|
|
|
|
if ( changed )
|
|
grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
|
|
|
|
m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
|
|
Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
|
|
Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !params )
|
|
{
|
|
// what can we do?
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_choices.Empty();
|
|
|
|
wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
|
|
while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
switch ( event.KeyCode() )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_ESCAPE:
|
|
m_editor->Reset();
|
|
m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_TAB:
|
|
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_RETURN:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
|
|
if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
|
|
m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
|
|
{
|
|
switch ( event.KeyCode() )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_ESCAPE:
|
|
case WXK_TAB:
|
|
case WXK_RETURN:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
|
|
// wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
|
|
{
|
|
// nothing to do
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
// renderer classes
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellRenderer
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxRect& rect,
|
|
int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
|
|
|
|
if ( isSelected )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellStringRenderer
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
|
|
|
|
// TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
|
|
|
|
if ( isSelected )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxString& text)
|
|
{
|
|
wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
|
|
dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
|
|
wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
|
|
while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
|
|
max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
|
|
|
|
return wxSize(max_x, y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxRect& rectCell,
|
|
int row, int col,
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect = rectCell;
|
|
|
|
if (attr.GetOverflow())
|
|
{
|
|
int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
|
|
int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
|
|
int cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
|
|
if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
|
|
{
|
|
int i, c_cols, c_rows;
|
|
for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
// check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
|
|
grid.GetCellSize(row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
|
|
if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
|
|
if (grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(row+c_rows, i))
|
|
{
|
|
rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
|
|
if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
|
|
}
|
|
else break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
// now we only have to draw the text
|
|
SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
|
|
|
|
rect.Inflate(-1);
|
|
|
|
grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
|
|
rect, hAlign, vAlign);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellNumberRenderer
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
|
|
wxString text;
|
|
if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
|
|
{
|
|
text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
text = table->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxRect& rectCell,
|
|
int row, int col,
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
// draw the text right aligned by default
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
|
|
hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect = rectCell;
|
|
rect.Inflate(-1);
|
|
|
|
grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellFloatRenderer
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
|
|
{
|
|
SetWidth(width);
|
|
SetPrecision(precision);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
|
|
renderer->m_width = m_width;
|
|
renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
|
|
renderer->m_format = m_format;
|
|
|
|
return renderer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
|
|
|
|
bool hasDouble;
|
|
double val;
|
|
wxString text;
|
|
if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
|
|
{
|
|
val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
|
|
hasDouble = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
text = table->GetValue(row, col);
|
|
hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( hasDouble )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_format )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_width == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_precision == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// default width/precision
|
|
m_format = _T("%f");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_precision == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// default precision
|
|
m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
text.Printf(m_format, val);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
//else: text already contains the string
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxRect& rectCell,
|
|
int row, int col,
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
// draw the text right aligned by default
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
|
|
hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect = rectCell;
|
|
rect.Inflate(-1);
|
|
|
|
grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !params )
|
|
{
|
|
// reset to defaults
|
|
SetWidth(-1);
|
|
SetPrecision(-1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
|
|
if ( !!tmp )
|
|
{
|
|
long width;
|
|
if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
|
|
{
|
|
SetWidth((int)width);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
|
|
if ( !!tmp )
|
|
{
|
|
long precision;
|
|
if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
|
|
{
|
|
SetPrecision((int)precision);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellBoolRenderer
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
|
|
|
|
// FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
|
|
|
|
// between checkmark and box
|
|
static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
|
|
wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
|
|
int WXUNUSED(row),
|
|
int WXUNUSED(col))
|
|
{
|
|
// compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
|
|
if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
|
|
{
|
|
// get checkbox size
|
|
wxCoord checkSize = 0;
|
|
wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString);
|
|
wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
|
|
checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
|
|
|
|
// FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
|
|
#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
checkSize -= size.y / 2;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
delete checkbox;
|
|
|
|
ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ms_sizeCheckMark;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr& attr,
|
|
wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxRect& rect,
|
|
int row, int col,
|
|
bool isSelected)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
|
|
|
|
// draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
|
|
wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
|
|
|
|
// don't draw outside the cell
|
|
wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
|
|
if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
|
|
{
|
|
// and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
|
|
size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// draw a border around checkmark
|
|
wxRect rectBorder;
|
|
rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
|
|
rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
|
|
rectBorder.width = size.x;
|
|
rectBorder.height = size.y;
|
|
|
|
bool value;
|
|
if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
|
|
value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
|
|
value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( value )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
|
|
#ifdef __WXMSW__
|
|
// MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
|
|
rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
|
|
rectMark.x++;
|
|
rectMark.y++;
|
|
#else // !MSW
|
|
rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
|
|
#endif // MSW/!MSW
|
|
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
|
|
dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
|
|
dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellAttr
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
|
|
{
|
|
m_nRef = 1;
|
|
|
|
m_isReadOnly = Unset;
|
|
|
|
m_renderer = NULL;
|
|
m_editor = NULL;
|
|
|
|
m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
|
|
|
|
m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
|
|
m_overflow = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
|
|
|
|
if ( HasTextColour() )
|
|
attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
|
|
if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
|
|
attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
|
|
if ( HasFont() )
|
|
attr->SetFont(GetFont());
|
|
if ( HasAlignment() )
|
|
attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
|
|
|
|
attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
|
|
|
|
if ( m_renderer )
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
|
|
m_renderer->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( m_editor )
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
|
|
m_editor->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReadOnly() )
|
|
attr->SetReadOnly();
|
|
|
|
attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
|
|
SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
|
|
if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
|
|
SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
|
|
if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
|
|
SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
|
|
if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
|
|
SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
|
|
|
|
// Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
|
|
// m_renderer/m_editor
|
|
//
|
|
// Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
|
|
if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
|
|
m_renderer->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor;
|
|
m_editor->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
|
|
SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
|
|
|
|
SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
|
|
{
|
|
// The size of a cell is normally 1,1
|
|
|
|
// If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
|
|
// the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
|
|
// set to negative or zero values such that
|
|
// row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
|
|
// same goes for the col + num_cols.
|
|
|
|
// Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
|
|
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
|
|
!((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
|
|
!((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
|
|
wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
|
|
|
|
m_sizeRows = num_rows;
|
|
m_sizeCols = num_cols;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasTextColour())
|
|
{
|
|
return m_colText;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
|
|
return wxNullColour;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasBackgroundColour())
|
|
return m_colBack;
|
|
else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
|
|
return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
|
|
return wxNullColour;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasFont())
|
|
return m_font;
|
|
else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
|
|
return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
|
|
return wxNullFont;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasAlignment())
|
|
{
|
|
if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign;
|
|
if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
|
|
m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
|
|
if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
|
|
// which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is
|
|
// used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
|
|
// used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is
|
|
// NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
|
|
// registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
|
|
{
|
|
// use the cells renderer if it has one
|
|
renderer = m_renderer;
|
|
renderer->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
else // no non default cell renderer
|
|
{
|
|
// get default renderer for the data type
|
|
if ( grid )
|
|
{
|
|
// GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
|
|
renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
renderer = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !renderer )
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we still don't have one then use the grid default
|
|
// (no need for IncRef() here neither)
|
|
renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else // default grid attr
|
|
{
|
|
// use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
|
|
renderer = m_renderer;
|
|
if ( renderer )
|
|
renderer->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we're supposed to always find something
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
|
|
|
|
return renderer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
|
|
{
|
|
// use the cells editor if it has one
|
|
editor = m_editor;
|
|
editor->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
else // no non default cell editor
|
|
{
|
|
// get default editor for the data type
|
|
if ( grid )
|
|
{
|
|
// GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
|
|
editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
editor = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !editor )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we still don't have one then use the grid default
|
|
// (no need for IncRef() here neither)
|
|
editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else // default grid attr
|
|
{
|
|
// use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
|
|
editor = m_editor;
|
|
if ( editor )
|
|
editor->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we're supposed to always find something
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
|
|
|
|
return editor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellAttrData
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = FindIndex(row, col);
|
|
if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
// add the attribute
|
|
m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// free the old attribute
|
|
m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
if ( attr )
|
|
{
|
|
// change the attribute
|
|
m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// remove this attribute
|
|
m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
int n = FindIndex(row, col);
|
|
if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
|
|
attr->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
|
|
wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
|
|
if ((size_t)row >= pos)
|
|
{
|
|
if (numRows > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
|
|
coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (numRows < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows deleted ...
|
|
if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
|
|
{
|
|
// ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
|
|
coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// ...or remove the attribute
|
|
m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
|
|
n--; count--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
|
|
wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
|
|
if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( numCols > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
|
|
coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (numCols < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows deleted ...
|
|
if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
|
|
{
|
|
// ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
|
|
coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// ...or remove the attribute
|
|
m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
|
|
n--; count--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
|
|
if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
|
|
{
|
|
return n;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return wxNOT_FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridRowOrColAttrData
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
|
|
if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
|
|
attr->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
|
|
if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
// add the attribute
|
|
m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
|
|
m_attrs.Add(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
size_t n = (size_t)i;
|
|
if ( attr )
|
|
{
|
|
// change the attribute
|
|
m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
|
|
m_attrs[n] = attr;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// remove this attribute
|
|
m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
|
|
m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
|
|
m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
|
|
if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
|
|
rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
|
|
if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
|
|
rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
|
|
m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
|
|
n--; count--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridCellAttrProvider
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
|
|
{
|
|
m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
|
|
{
|
|
delete m_data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
|
|
{
|
|
m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
|
|
wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
if ( m_data )
|
|
{
|
|
switch(kind)
|
|
{
|
|
case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
|
|
//Get cached merge attributes.
|
|
// Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable
|
|
// attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
|
|
if(!attr)
|
|
{
|
|
//Basicaly implement old version.
|
|
//Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL,
|
|
*attrrow = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL,
|
|
*attrcol = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
|
|
attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
|
|
attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
|
|
|
|
if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow !=attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){
|
|
// Two or move are non NULL
|
|
attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
|
|
attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
|
|
|
|
//Order important..
|
|
if(attrcell){
|
|
attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
|
|
attrcell->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
if(attrcol){
|
|
attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
|
|
attrcol->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
if(attrrow){
|
|
attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
|
|
attrrow->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
//store merge attr if cache implemented
|
|
//attr->IncRef();
|
|
//m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// one or none is non null return it or null.
|
|
if(attrrow) attr = attrrow;
|
|
if(attrcol) attr = attrcol;
|
|
if(attrcell) attr = attrcell;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
|
|
attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
|
|
break;
|
|
case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
|
|
attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
|
|
break;
|
|
case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
|
|
attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
// unused as yet...
|
|
// (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
|
|
// (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
|
|
int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_data )
|
|
InitData();
|
|
|
|
m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_data )
|
|
InitData();
|
|
|
|
m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_data )
|
|
InitData();
|
|
|
|
m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_data )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
|
|
|
|
m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_data )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
|
|
|
|
m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridTypeRegistry
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
|
|
for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
|
|
delete m_typeinfo[i];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
|
|
|
|
// is it already registered?
|
|
int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
|
|
if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
delete m_typeinfo[loc];
|
|
m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_typeinfo.Add(info);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
|
|
{
|
|
size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
|
|
{
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return wxNOT_FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
|
|
{
|
|
int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
|
|
if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
// check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
|
|
// register it "on the fly"
|
|
#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
|
|
new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
|
|
new wxGridCellTextEditor);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
|
|
if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
|
|
new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
|
|
new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
|
|
#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
|
|
new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
|
|
new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
|
|
new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
|
|
new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
|
|
#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
|
|
if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
|
|
new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
|
|
new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
|
|
{
|
|
return wxNOT_FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
|
|
// the last index
|
|
index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
|
|
{
|
|
int index = FindDataType(typeName);
|
|
if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
// the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
|
|
// are the parameters for the renderer
|
|
index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
|
|
if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
return wxNOT_FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
|
|
renderer = renderer->Clone();
|
|
rendererOld->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
|
|
editor = editor->Clone();
|
|
editorOld->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
// do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
|
|
wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
|
|
renderer->SetParameters(params);
|
|
editor->SetParameters(params);
|
|
|
|
// register the new typename
|
|
RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
|
|
|
|
// we just registered it, it's the last one
|
|
index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return index;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
|
|
if (renderer)
|
|
renderer->IncRef();
|
|
return renderer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
|
|
if (editor)
|
|
editor->IncRef();
|
|
return editor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// wxGridTableBase
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
|
|
{
|
|
m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
|
|
m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
|
|
{
|
|
delete m_attrProvider;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
|
|
{
|
|
delete m_attrProvider;
|
|
m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
|
|
{
|
|
// use the default attr provider by default
|
|
SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_attrProvider )
|
|
return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
|
|
else
|
|
return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_attrProvider )
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
|
|
m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
|
|
// free it now
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_attrProvider )
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
|
|
m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
|
|
// free it now
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_attrProvider )
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
|
|
m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
|
|
// free it now
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
|
|
size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
|
|
size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
|
|
size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
|
|
size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
|
|
{
|
|
wxString s;
|
|
s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
|
|
// how much it makes sense to us geeks.
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
|
|
{
|
|
// default col labels are:
|
|
// cols 0 to 25 : A-Z
|
|
// cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
|
|
// etc.
|
|
|
|
wxString s;
|
|
unsigned int i, n;
|
|
for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
|
|
col = col/26 - 1;
|
|
if ( col < 0 ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// reverse the string...
|
|
wxString s2;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
s2 += s[n-i-1];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
|
|
{
|
|
return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
const wxString& typeName )
|
|
{
|
|
return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
|
|
{
|
|
return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
|
|
{
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
|
|
{
|
|
return 0.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
|
|
{
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
long WXUNUSED(value) )
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
double WXUNUSED(value) )
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
bool WXUNUSED(value) )
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
|
|
{
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
|
|
const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
|
|
void* WXUNUSED(value) )
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
|
|
// to the grid view
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
|
|
{
|
|
m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
|
|
m_id = -1;
|
|
m_comInt1 = -1;
|
|
m_comInt2 = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
|
|
int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table = table;
|
|
m_id = id;
|
|
m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
|
|
m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
|
|
// created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
|
|
|
|
wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
|
|
: wxGridTableBase()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
|
|
: wxGridTableBase()
|
|
{
|
|
m_data.Alloc( numRows );
|
|
|
|
wxArrayString sa;
|
|
sa.Alloc( numCols );
|
|
sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
|
|
|
|
m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_data.GetCount();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
|
|
return m_data[0].GetCount();
|
|
else
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
|
|
_T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
|
|
|
|
return m_data[row][col];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
|
|
_T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
|
|
|
|
m_data[row][col] = value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
|
|
_T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
|
|
|
|
return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
|
|
{
|
|
int row, col;
|
|
int numRows, numCols;
|
|
|
|
numRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
if ( numRows > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
|
|
|
|
for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
|
|
( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( pos >= curNumRows )
|
|
{
|
|
return AppendRows( numRows );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxArrayString sa;
|
|
sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
|
|
sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
|
|
m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
|
|
pos,
|
|
numRows );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
|
|
( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
wxArrayString sa;
|
|
if ( curNumCols > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
|
|
sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
|
|
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
|
|
numRows );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
|
|
if ( pos >= curNumRows )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
|
|
(
|
|
wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
|
|
(unsigned long)pos,
|
|
(unsigned long)numRows,
|
|
(unsigned long)curNumRows
|
|
) );
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
|
|
{
|
|
numRows = curNumRows - pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data.Clear(); // don't release memory just yet
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
|
|
pos,
|
|
numRows );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t row, col;
|
|
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
|
|
( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( pos >= curNumCols )
|
|
{
|
|
return AppendCols( numCols );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
|
|
pos,
|
|
numCols );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t row;
|
|
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
#if 0
|
|
if ( !curNumRows )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something better than this ?
|
|
//
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
|
|
numCols );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
size_t row;
|
|
|
|
size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
|
|
size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
|
|
( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( pos >= curNumCols )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
|
|
(
|
|
wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
|
|
(unsigned long)pos,
|
|
(unsigned long)numCols,
|
|
(unsigned long)curNumCols
|
|
) );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
|
|
{
|
|
numCols = curNumCols - pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
|
|
{
|
|
m_data[row].Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( GetView() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
|
|
wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
|
|
pos,
|
|
numCols );
|
|
|
|
GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// using default label
|
|
//
|
|
return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return m_rowLabels[ row ];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// using default label
|
|
//
|
|
return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return m_colLabels[ col ];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_rowLabels[row] = value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_colLabels[col] = value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
|
|
EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
|
|
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
|
|
: wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxPaintDC dc(this);
|
|
|
|
// NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
|
|
// coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
|
|
// set the y coord - MB
|
|
//
|
|
// m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
|
|
dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
|
|
m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
|
|
// cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
|
|
EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
|
|
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
|
|
: wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxPaintDC dc(this);
|
|
|
|
// NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
|
|
// coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
|
|
// set the x coord - MB
|
|
//
|
|
// m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
|
|
dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
|
|
m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
|
|
// cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
|
|
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
|
|
EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
|
|
: wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxPaintDC dc(this);
|
|
|
|
int client_height = 0;
|
|
int client_width = 0;
|
|
GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
|
|
// cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
|
|
EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
|
|
EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
|
|
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
|
|
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
|
|
wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
|
|
wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
|
|
wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
|
|
: wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, wxT("grid window") )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner = parent;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
|
|
m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
|
|
SetBackgroundColour(_T("WHITE"));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxPaintDC dc( this );
|
|
m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
|
|
m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
|
|
#if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
|
|
m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
|
|
#endif
|
|
m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
|
|
m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
|
|
{
|
|
wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
|
|
m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
|
|
// cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
// Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
|
|
// (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
|
|
// m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
|
|
// of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
|
|
|
|
// Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
|
|
|
|
static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
|
|
const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
|
|
bool maxOnOverflow);
|
|
|
|
#define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
|
|
WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH, \
|
|
m_colRights, m_numCols, TRUE)
|
|
#define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
|
|
WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT, \
|
|
m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, TRUE)
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
|
|
|
|
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
|
|
EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
|
|
EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
|
|
EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
|
|
EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
|
|
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
|
|
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
|
|
|
wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
|
|
wxWindowID id,
|
|
const wxPoint& pos,
|
|
const wxSize& size,
|
|
long style,
|
|
const wxString& name )
|
|
: wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
|
|
m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
|
|
m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
|
|
{
|
|
Create();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGrid::~wxGrid()
|
|
{
|
|
// Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
|
|
SetTargetWindow(this);
|
|
ClearAttrCache();
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
|
|
wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
|
|
"total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
|
|
total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
|
|
total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (m_ownTable)
|
|
delete m_table;
|
|
|
|
delete m_typeRegistry;
|
|
delete m_selection;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ----- internal init and update functions
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::Create()
|
|
{
|
|
m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid
|
|
|
|
m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
|
|
m_ownTable = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
|
|
|
|
// Set default cell attributes
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
|
|
wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
|
|
wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
|
|
|
|
|
|
m_numRows = 0;
|
|
m_numCols = 0;
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
|
|
m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
|
|
m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
|
|
|
|
// create the type registry
|
|
m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
|
|
m_selection = NULL;
|
|
|
|
// subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
|
|
-1,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
wxDefaultSize );
|
|
|
|
m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
|
|
-1,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
wxDefaultSize );
|
|
|
|
m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
|
|
-1,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
wxDefaultSize );
|
|
|
|
m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
|
|
m_rowLabelWin,
|
|
m_colLabelWin,
|
|
-1,
|
|
wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
wxDefaultSize );
|
|
|
|
SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
|
|
|
|
Init();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
|
|
wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
|
|
|
|
m_numRows = numRows;
|
|
m_numCols = numCols;
|
|
|
|
m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
|
|
m_table->SetView( this );
|
|
m_ownTable = TRUE;
|
|
m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
|
|
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
|
|
m_created = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return m_created;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
|
|
wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
|
|
m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
|
|
wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
|
|
return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
|
|
wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
// RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be
|
|
// nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single
|
|
// View at runtime. Is there anything in the implementation that
|
|
// would prevent this?
|
|
|
|
// At least, you now have to cope with m_selection
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
|
|
m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
|
|
|
|
m_table = table;
|
|
m_table->SetView( this );
|
|
if (takeOwnership)
|
|
m_ownTable = TRUE;
|
|
m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
|
|
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
|
|
m_created = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m_created;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::Init()
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
|
|
m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_rowLabelWin )
|
|
{
|
|
m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
|
|
|
|
// init attr cache
|
|
m_attrCache.row = -1;
|
|
|
|
// TODO: something better than this ?
|
|
//
|
|
m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
|
|
m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 );
|
|
|
|
m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT;
|
|
m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
|
|
|
|
m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
|
|
m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_TOP;
|
|
|
|
m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
|
|
m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
|
|
m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
|
|
#else
|
|
m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 );
|
|
m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE;
|
|
m_cellHighlightColour = m_gridLineColour;
|
|
m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
|
|
m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
|
|
|
|
m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
|
|
m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
|
|
m_canDragRowSize = TRUE;
|
|
m_canDragColSize = TRUE;
|
|
m_canDragGridSize = TRUE;
|
|
m_dragLastPos = -1;
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
|
|
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
|
m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
|
|
|
|
m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
|
|
m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
|
|
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
|
|
m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
|
|
|
|
m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid
|
|
|
|
m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE;
|
|
m_batchCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
m_extraWidth =
|
|
m_extraHeight = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
|
|
// quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
|
|
// default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
|
|
// arrays at all
|
|
//
|
|
// with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
|
|
// widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowHeights.Empty();
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Empty();
|
|
|
|
m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
|
|
|
|
int rowBottom = 0;
|
|
|
|
m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
|
|
{
|
|
m_colWidths.Empty();
|
|
m_colRights.Empty();
|
|
|
|
m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
|
|
m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
|
|
int colRight = 0;
|
|
|
|
m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
|
|
m_colRights.Add( colRight );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
|
|
: m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
|
|
: m_colRights[col];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
|
|
: m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
|
|
: m_rowBottoms[row];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
|
|
cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
|
|
ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
|
|
// grid total size
|
|
int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
|
|
int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
// preserve (more or less) the previous position
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
GetViewStart( &x, &y );
|
|
|
|
// maybe we don't need scrollbars at all?
|
|
//
|
|
// also adjust the position to be valid for the new scroll rangs
|
|
if ( w <= cw )
|
|
{
|
|
w = x = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( x >= w )
|
|
x = w - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( h <= ch )
|
|
{
|
|
h = y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( y >= h )
|
|
y = h - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// do set scrollbar parameters
|
|
SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y,
|
|
GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
|
|
GetBatchCount() != 0);
|
|
|
|
// if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
|
|
// still must reposition the children
|
|
CalcWindowSizes();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
|
|
|
|
if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
|
|
m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
|
|
|
|
if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
|
|
|
|
if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() )
|
|
m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
|
|
// has been redimensioned
|
|
//
|
|
bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
bool result = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
|
|
// cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
|
|
ClearAttrCache();
|
|
// By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
|
|
// added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
|
|
// removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
|
|
// For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
|
|
// cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
|
|
// now
|
|
if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
InitColWidths();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
InitRowHeights();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
switch ( msg.GetId() )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
|
|
{
|
|
size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
|
|
|
|
m_numRows += numRows;
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
|
|
|
|
int bottom = 0;
|
|
if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
|
|
m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
|
|
// cell will be undefined...
|
|
//
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
|
|
if (attrProvider)
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
|
|
{
|
|
int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
|
|
m_numRows += numRows;
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
|
|
|
|
int bottom = 0;
|
|
if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
|
|
m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
|
|
// cell will be undefined...
|
|
//
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
|
|
{
|
|
size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
|
|
m_numRows -= numRows;
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
|
|
m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
|
|
|
|
int h = 0;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
h += m_rowHeights[i];
|
|
m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !m_numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
|
|
if (attrProvider) {
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
|
|
// ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// No need to touch column attributes, unless we
|
|
// removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
|
|
// all column attributes.
|
|
// I hate to do this here, but the
|
|
// needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
|
|
if ( !GetNumberRows() )
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
|
|
{
|
|
size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
|
|
m_numCols += numCols;
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
|
|
m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
|
|
|
|
int right = 0;
|
|
if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
right += m_colWidths[i];
|
|
m_colRights[i] = right;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
|
|
// cell will be undefined...
|
|
//
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
|
|
if (attrProvider)
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
|
|
{
|
|
int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
|
|
m_numCols += numCols;
|
|
if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
|
|
m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
|
|
|
|
int right = 0;
|
|
if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
right += m_colWidths[i];
|
|
m_colRights[i] = right;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
// if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
|
|
// cell will be undefined...
|
|
//
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
|
|
{
|
|
size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
|
|
int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
|
|
m_numCols -= numCols;
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
|
|
m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
|
|
|
|
int w = 0;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
w += m_colWidths[i];
|
|
m_colRights[i] = w;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !m_numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
|
|
wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
|
|
if (attrProvider) {
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
|
|
// ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// No need to touch row attributes, unless we
|
|
// removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
|
|
// all row attributes.
|
|
// I hate to do this here, but the
|
|
// needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
|
|
if ( !GetNumberCols() )
|
|
attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh();
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
|
|
wxRect r;
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt rowlabels;
|
|
|
|
int top, bottom;
|
|
while ( iter )
|
|
{
|
|
r = iter.GetRect();
|
|
|
|
// TODO: remove this when we can...
|
|
// There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
|
|
// rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
|
|
// scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
|
|
r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// logical bounds of update region
|
|
//
|
|
int dummy;
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
// find the row labels within these bounds
|
|
//
|
|
int row;
|
|
for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
rowlabels.Add( row );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
iter++ ;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rowlabels;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
|
|
wxRect r;
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt colLabels;
|
|
|
|
int left, right;
|
|
while ( iter )
|
|
{
|
|
r = iter.GetRect();
|
|
|
|
// TODO: remove this when we can...
|
|
// There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
|
|
// rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
|
|
// scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
|
|
r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// logical bounds of update region
|
|
//
|
|
int dummy;
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
|
|
|
|
// find the cells within these bounds
|
|
//
|
|
int col;
|
|
for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
colLabels.Add( col );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
iter++ ;
|
|
}
|
|
return colLabels;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
|
|
wxRect r;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed;
|
|
|
|
int left, top, right, bottom;
|
|
while ( iter )
|
|
{
|
|
r = iter.GetRect();
|
|
|
|
// TODO: remove this when we can...
|
|
// There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
|
|
// rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
|
|
// scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
|
|
if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
|
|
r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
|
|
r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// logical bounds of update region
|
|
//
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
// find the cells within these bounds
|
|
//
|
|
int row, col;
|
|
for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
iter++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return cellsExposed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
int x, y, row;
|
|
wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
|
|
|
|
if ( event.Dragging() )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_isDragging)
|
|
{
|
|
m_isDragging = TRUE;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
switch( m_cursorMode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, left, dummy;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
y = wxMax( y,
|
|
GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
|
|
GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
|
|
}
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
|
|
m_dragLastPos = y;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
|
|
if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectRow( row,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
|
|
// 'xxx' not handled in switch
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (m_isDragging)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
|
|
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Entering or leaving the window
|
|
//
|
|
if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button pressed
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
// don't send a label click event for a hit on the
|
|
// edge of the row label - this is probably the user
|
|
// wanting to resize the row
|
|
//
|
|
if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row = YToRow(y);
|
|
if ( row >= 0 &&
|
|
!SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( event.ShiftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
0,
|
|
row,
|
|
GetNumberCols() - 1,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectRow( row,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting to drag-resize a row
|
|
//
|
|
if ( CanDragRowSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left double click
|
|
//
|
|
else if (event.LeftDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row = YToRow(y);
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button released
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftUp() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
|
|
{
|
|
DoEndDragResizeRow();
|
|
|
|
// Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
|
|
// default processing in this case
|
|
//
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
|
|
m_dragLastPos = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right button down
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
row = YToRow(y);
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right double click
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
row = YToRow(y);
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.Moving() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
|
|
if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
// don't capture the mouse yet
|
|
if ( CanDragRowSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
int x, y, col;
|
|
wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
|
|
|
|
if ( event.Dragging() )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_isDragging)
|
|
{
|
|
m_isDragging = TRUE;
|
|
m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
switch( m_cursorMode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, dummy, top;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
|
|
x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
|
|
GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
|
|
}
|
|
dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
|
|
m_dragLastPos = x;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
|
|
if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectCol( col,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
|
|
// 'xxx' not handled in switch
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (m_isDragging)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
|
|
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Entering or leaving the window
|
|
//
|
|
if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button pressed
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
// don't send a label click event for a hit on the
|
|
// edge of the col label - this is probably the user
|
|
// wanting to resize the col
|
|
//
|
|
if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
col = XToCol(x);
|
|
if ( col >= 0 &&
|
|
!SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( event.ShiftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
|
|
GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectCol( col,
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting to drag-resize a col
|
|
//
|
|
if ( CanDragColSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left double click
|
|
//
|
|
if ( event.LeftDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
col = XToCol(x);
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button released
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftUp() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
|
|
{
|
|
DoEndDragResizeCol();
|
|
|
|
// Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
|
|
// default processing in this case
|
|
//
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
|
|
m_dragLastPos = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right button down
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
col = XToCol(x);
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right double click
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
col = XToCol(x);
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.Moving() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
|
|
if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
// don't capture the cursor yet
|
|
if ( CanDragColSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( event.LeftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
// indicate corner label by having both row and
|
|
// col args == -1
|
|
//
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
SelectAll();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( event.RightDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( event.RightDClick() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
|
|
wxWindow *win,
|
|
bool captureMouse)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
|
static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
|
|
{
|
|
_T("SELECT_CELL"),
|
|
_T("RESIZE_ROW"),
|
|
_T("RESIZE_COL"),
|
|
_T("SELECT_ROW"),
|
|
_T("SELECT_COL")
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
|
|
_T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
|
|
win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
|
|
: win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
|
|
: _T("gridWin"),
|
|
cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
|
|
#endif // __WXDEBUG__
|
|
|
|
if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
|
|
win == m_winCapture &&
|
|
captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( !win )
|
|
{
|
|
// by default use the grid itself
|
|
win = m_gridWin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_winCapture )
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
|
|
m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_cursorMode = mode;
|
|
|
|
switch ( m_cursorMode )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
|
|
win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
|
|
win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we need to capture mouse when resizing
|
|
bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
|
|
m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
|
|
|
|
if ( captureMouse && resize )
|
|
{
|
|
win->CaptureMouse();
|
|
m_winCapture = win;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoords coords;
|
|
XYToCell( x, y, coords );
|
|
|
|
int cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
|
|
{
|
|
coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
|
|
coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( event.Dragging() )
|
|
{
|
|
//wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
|
|
|
|
// Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at
|
|
// least 3 pixels in any direction...
|
|
if (! m_isDragging)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
|
|
{
|
|
m_startDragPos = pos;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_isDragging = TRUE;
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hide the edit control, so it
|
|
// won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
|
|
if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
|
|
{
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Have we captured the mouse yet?
|
|
if (! m_winCapture)
|
|
{
|
|
m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
|
|
m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
|
|
HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !IsSelection() )
|
|
{
|
|
HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (! IsVisible(coords))
|
|
{
|
|
MakeCellVisible(coords);
|
|
// TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The
|
|
// scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, left, dummy;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
|
|
GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
|
|
}
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
|
|
m_dragLastPos = y;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, dummy, top;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
|
|
GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
|
|
}
|
|
dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
|
|
m_dragLastPos = x;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
|
m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
|
|
|
|
// VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
|
|
// immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
|
|
// wxGTK
|
|
#if 0
|
|
if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
|
|
m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif // 0
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button pressed
|
|
//
|
|
if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !event.ControlDown() )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
if ( event.ShiftDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
|
|
YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
MakeCellVisible( coords );
|
|
|
|
// if this is the second click on this cell then start
|
|
// the edit control
|
|
if ( m_waitForSlowClick &&
|
|
(coords == m_currentCellCoords) &&
|
|
CanEnableCellControl())
|
|
{
|
|
EnableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this,
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol());
|
|
editor->StartingClick();
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SetCurrentCell( coords );
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
|
|
wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
|
|
{
|
|
HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left double click
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Left button released
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.LeftUp() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_winCapture)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
|
|
m_winCapture = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
|
|
// drag-shrinking.
|
|
ShowCellEditControl();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
|
|
DoEndDragResizeRow();
|
|
|
|
// Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
|
|
// default processing in this case
|
|
//
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
|
|
DoEndDragResizeCol();
|
|
|
|
// Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
|
|
// default processing in this case
|
|
//
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_dragLastPos = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right button down
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Right double click
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
|
|
coords.GetRow(),
|
|
coords.GetCol(),
|
|
event ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// no default action at the moment
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ------------ Moving and no button action
|
|
//
|
|
else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
|
|
{
|
|
int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
|
|
int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
|
|
|
|
// Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
|
|
// directions is not implemented yet...
|
|
//
|
|
if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragRow < GetNumberRows())
|
|
{
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( dragCol >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( dragCol >= 0 && dragCol < GetNumberCols())
|
|
{
|
|
m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Neither on a row or col edge
|
|
//
|
|
if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
|
|
{
|
|
ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// erase the last line and resize the row
|
|
//
|
|
int cw, ch, left, dummy;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
|
|
int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
|
|
SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
|
|
wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
|
|
wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
|
|
rect.x = 0;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
|
|
rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
rect.height = ch - rect.y;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
rect.width = cw;
|
|
// if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
|
|
if (m_table)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
|
|
int leftCol = XToCol(left);
|
|
int rightCol = XToCol(left+cw);
|
|
if (leftCol >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rightCol < 0) rightCol = m_numCols;
|
|
for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
|
|
if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
|
|
subtract_rows = cell_rows;
|
|
}
|
|
rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
|
|
rect.height = ch - rect.y;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ShowCellEditControl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// erase the last line and resize the col
|
|
//
|
|
int cw, ch, dummy, top;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
|
|
int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
|
|
SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
|
|
wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
|
|
GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
|
|
wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
|
|
rect.y = 0;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
|
|
rect.width = cw - rect.x;
|
|
rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
rect.height = ch;
|
|
// if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
|
|
if (m_table)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
|
|
int topRow = YToRow(top);
|
|
int bottomRow = YToRow(top+cw);
|
|
if (topRow >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bottomRow < 0) bottomRow = m_numRows;
|
|
for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
|
|
if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
|
|
subtract_cols = cell_cols;
|
|
}
|
|
rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
|
|
rect.width = cw - rect.x;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ShowCellEditControl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ interaction with data model
|
|
//
|
|
bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
|
|
{
|
|
switch ( msg.GetId() )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
|
|
return GetModelValues();
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
|
|
return SetModelValues();
|
|
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
|
|
case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
|
|
return Redimension( msg );
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
|
|
// Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
|
|
// behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
|
|
// not to change the number of rows or cols.
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
m_table->Clear();
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
|
|
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the insert row
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) );
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the append row
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ));
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the delete row
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the insert col
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) );
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the append col
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: something with updateLabels flag
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_created )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) );
|
|
// the table will have sent the results of the delete col
|
|
// operation to this view object as a grid table message
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ----- event handlers
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
|
|
// return the result of ProcessEvent()
|
|
//
|
|
int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
|
|
int row, int col,
|
|
wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
|
|
{
|
|
bool claimed;
|
|
bool vetoed= FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
|
|
{
|
|
int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
|
|
|
|
wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
|
|
type,
|
|
this,
|
|
rowOrCol,
|
|
mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
|
|
mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
|
|
mouseEv.ControlDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.AltDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.MetaDown() );
|
|
|
|
claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
|
vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
|
|
{
|
|
// Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
|
|
wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
|
|
type,
|
|
this,
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft,
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
mouseEv.ControlDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.AltDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.MetaDown() );
|
|
|
|
claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
|
vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
|
|
type,
|
|
this,
|
|
row, col,
|
|
mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
|
|
mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
mouseEv.ControlDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.AltDown(),
|
|
mouseEv.MetaDown() );
|
|
claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
|
vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
|
|
if (vetoed) return -1;
|
|
return claimed ? 1 : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
|
|
// of ProcessEvent().
|
|
//
|
|
int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
|
|
int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
bool claimed;
|
|
bool vetoed= FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
|
|
{
|
|
int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
|
|
|
|
wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
|
|
type,
|
|
this,
|
|
rowOrCol );
|
|
|
|
claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
|
vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
|
|
type,
|
|
this,
|
|
row, col );
|
|
|
|
claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
|
vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
|
|
if (vetoed) return -1;
|
|
return claimed ? 1 : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
|
|
// EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
|
|
if (! GetBatchCount())
|
|
{
|
|
// Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
|
|
wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect);
|
|
|
|
if (rect)
|
|
{
|
|
int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
|
|
int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
|
|
//Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
|
|
rect_x = rect->GetX();
|
|
rect_y = rect->GetY();
|
|
rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
|
|
rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
|
|
|
|
width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
|
|
if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth;
|
|
|
|
height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
|
|
if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
width_cell = rectWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
x = 0;
|
|
width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
height_cell = rectHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
y = 0;
|
|
height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
|
|
if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
|
|
if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
|
|
if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
|
|
if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
// position the child windows
|
|
CalcWindowSizes();
|
|
|
|
// don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
|
|
// changes itself
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
|
|
{
|
|
// shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
|
|
//
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
|
|
//
|
|
wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
|
|
wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
|
|
keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
|
|
|
|
if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// try local handlers
|
|
//
|
|
switch ( event.KeyCode() )
|
|
{
|
|
case WXK_UP:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_DOWN:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_LEFT:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_RIGHT:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_RETURN:
|
|
case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// at the bottom of a column
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_ESCAPE:
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_TAB:
|
|
if (event.ShiftDown())
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorLeft( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// at left of grid
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorRight( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// at right of grid
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_HOME:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_END:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_PRIOR:
|
|
MovePageUp();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_NEXT:
|
|
MovePageDown();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WXK_SPACE:
|
|
if ( event.ControlDown() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
event.ShiftDown(),
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !IsEditable() )
|
|
{
|
|
MoveCursorRight( FALSE );
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Otherwise fall through to default
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
// is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
|
|
if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
|
|
{
|
|
// yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
|
|
// <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
|
|
// other keys - ask the editor itself
|
|
if ( (event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
|
|
|| editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
|
|
{
|
|
EnableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
// the editor could be not shown for a variety of
|
|
// reasons (i.e. blocked by the app or whatever), so
|
|
// check if it really was created
|
|
if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
|
|
{
|
|
editor->StartingKey(event);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// let others process char events with modifiers or all
|
|
// char events for readonly cells
|
|
event.Skip();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
|
|
{
|
|
// try local handlers
|
|
//
|
|
if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
|
|
event.ControlDown(),
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
event.AltDown(),
|
|
event.MetaDown() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// the event has been intercepted - do nothing
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
|
|
PrepareDC(dc);
|
|
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect r;
|
|
r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
|
|
if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
|
|
{
|
|
r.x--;
|
|
r.y--;
|
|
r.width++;
|
|
r.height++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = coords;
|
|
|
|
DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
|
|
DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_currentCellCoords = coords;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
|
|
DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
|
|
{
|
|
int temp;
|
|
wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
|
|
{
|
|
leftCol = 0;
|
|
rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
|
|
{
|
|
topRow = 0;
|
|
bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( topRow > bottomRow )
|
|
{
|
|
temp = topRow;
|
|
topRow = bottomRow;
|
|
bottomRow = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( leftCol > rightCol )
|
|
{
|
|
temp = leftCol;
|
|
leftCol = rightCol;
|
|
rightCol = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
|
|
updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
|
|
|
|
// First the case that we selected a completely new area
|
|
if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect;
|
|
rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
|
|
wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
// Now handle changing an existing selection area.
|
|
else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
|
|
{
|
|
// Compute two optimal update rectangles:
|
|
// Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
|
|
// other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
|
|
wxRect rect[4];
|
|
bool need_refresh[4];
|
|
need_refresh[0] =
|
|
need_refresh[1] =
|
|
need_refresh[2] =
|
|
need_refresh[3] = FALSE;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
// Store intermediate values
|
|
wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
|
|
wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
|
|
wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
|
|
wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
|
|
|
|
// Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
|
|
if (oldLeft > leftCol)
|
|
{
|
|
temp = oldLeft;
|
|
oldLeft = leftCol;
|
|
leftCol = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
if (oldTop > topRow )
|
|
{
|
|
temp = oldTop;
|
|
oldTop = topRow;
|
|
topRow = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
if (oldRight < rightCol )
|
|
{
|
|
temp = oldRight;
|
|
oldRight = rightCol;
|
|
rightCol = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
|
|
{
|
|
temp = oldBottom;
|
|
oldBottom = bottomRow;
|
|
bottomRow = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
|
|
// rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
|
|
// is contained in the other.
|
|
|
|
if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
|
|
{
|
|
// Refresh the newly selected or deselected
|
|
// area to the left of the old or new selection.
|
|
need_refresh[0] = TRUE;
|
|
rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
|
|
oldLeft ),
|
|
wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
|
|
leftCol - 1 ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( oldTop < topRow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Refresh the newly selected or deselected
|
|
// area above the old or new selection.
|
|
need_refresh[1] = TRUE;
|
|
rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
|
|
leftCol ),
|
|
wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
|
|
rightCol ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( oldRight > rightCol )
|
|
{
|
|
// Refresh the newly selected or deselected
|
|
// area to the right of the old or new selection.
|
|
need_refresh[2] = TRUE;
|
|
rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
|
|
rightCol + 1 ),
|
|
wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
|
|
oldRight ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Refresh the newly selected or deselected
|
|
// area below the old or new selection.
|
|
need_refresh[3] = TRUE;
|
|
rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
|
|
leftCol ),
|
|
wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
|
|
rightCol ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// various Refresh() calls
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
|
|
if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) );
|
|
}
|
|
// Change Selection
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
|
|
{
|
|
// Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
// all we need to do is repaint the grid
|
|
//
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh();
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
|
|
{
|
|
int row, col;
|
|
|
|
// Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
|
|
// Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
|
|
// I think so ...
|
|
DisableCellEditControl();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
|
|
// exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
|
|
// CalcExposedCells)
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return;
|
|
|
|
int i, j, k, l, numCells = cells.GetCount();
|
|
int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0; i-- )
|
|
{
|
|
row = cells[i].GetRow();
|
|
col = cells[i].GetCol();
|
|
GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
|
|
// If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
|
|
if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
|
|
bool marked = FALSE;
|
|
for ( j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( cell == cells[j] )
|
|
{
|
|
marked = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!marked)
|
|
{
|
|
int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
|
|
for (j = 0; j < count; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
|
|
{
|
|
marked = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
|
|
}
|
|
continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
|
|
if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
|
|
{
|
|
for ( l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
|
|
{
|
|
for (j = col-1; j >= 0; j--)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
|
|
bool marked = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
for (k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( cell == cells[k] )
|
|
{
|
|
marked = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!marked)
|
|
{
|
|
int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
|
|
for (k = 0; k < count; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
|
|
{
|
|
marked = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
|
|
|
|
for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
|
|
{
|
|
DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
int right, bottom;
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
|
|
int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
|
|
|
|
if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
|
|
{
|
|
int left, top;
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
|
|
|
|
if ( right > rightCol )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bottom > bottomRow )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = coords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = coords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// we draw the cell border ourselves
|
|
#if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
|
|
if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
|
|
DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
|
|
bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
|
|
|
|
// if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
|
|
// Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
|
|
if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
|
|
// customized
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
|
|
renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
|
|
renderer->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
|
|
|
|
// hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
|
|
// for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
|
|
// it doesn't look really good
|
|
|
|
int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
|
|
|
|
if (penWidth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
|
|
// the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
|
|
// reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
|
|
// the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
|
|
// please #ifdef this appropriately.
|
|
rect.x += penWidth/2;
|
|
rect.y += penWidth/2;
|
|
rect.width -= penWidth-1;
|
|
rect.height -= penWidth-1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Now draw the rectangle
|
|
dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
|
|
dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
|
|
|
|
// how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
|
|
wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
|
|
y1 = rect.y,
|
|
x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1,
|
|
y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1;
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
|
|
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
|
|
dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
|
|
#endif // 0
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = coords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = coords.GetCol();
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
|
|
|
|
// right hand border
|
|
//
|
|
dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
|
|
rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
|
|
|
|
// bottom border
|
|
//
|
|
dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
|
|
rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
|
|
{
|
|
// This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
|
|
// seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
|
|
//
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_numRows && m_numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
|
|
{
|
|
// don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
|
|
// might have been damaged by the grid lines
|
|
size_t count = cells.GetCount();
|
|
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
|
|
DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TODO: remove this ???
|
|
// This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
|
|
// has been changed
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
|
|
{
|
|
#if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
|
|
!m_numRows ||
|
|
!m_numCols ) return;
|
|
|
|
int top, bottom, left, right;
|
|
|
|
#if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__
|
|
if (reg.IsEmpty())
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
|
|
|
|
// virtual coords of visible area
|
|
//
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxCoord x, y, w, h;
|
|
reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
|
|
CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
|
|
//
|
|
right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
|
|
bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
|
|
|
|
// no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
|
|
int leftCol = XToCol(left);
|
|
int topRow = YToRow(top);
|
|
int rightCol = XToCol(right);
|
|
int bottomRow = YToRow(bottom);
|
|
wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
|
|
|
|
if ((leftCol >= 0) && (topRow >= 0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (rightCol < 0) rightCol = m_numCols;
|
|
if (bottomRow < 0) bottomRow = m_numRows;
|
|
|
|
int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
wxRect rect;
|
|
|
|
for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
|
|
{
|
|
rect = CellToRect(j,i);
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
|
clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
|
|
{
|
|
rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
|
clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
|
|
|
|
// horizontal grid lines
|
|
//
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( bot > bottom )
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bot >= top )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// vertical grid lines
|
|
//
|
|
for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
|
|
if ( colRight > right )
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( colRight >= left )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_numRows ) return;
|
|
|
|
size_t i;
|
|
size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
|
|
rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
|
|
m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
|
|
|
|
dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
|
|
dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
|
|
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect;
|
|
rect.SetX( 2 );
|
|
rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
|
|
rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
|
|
rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
|
|
DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_numCols ) return;
|
|
|
|
size_t i;
|
|
size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int colLeft = GetColLeft(col),
|
|
colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
|
|
colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
|
|
|
|
dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
|
|
colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
|
|
dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
|
|
dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
|
|
|
|
dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
|
|
dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
|
|
dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
|
|
|
|
int hAlign, vAlign;
|
|
GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
|
|
|
|
wxRect rect;
|
|
rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
|
|
rect.SetY( 2 );
|
|
rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
|
|
rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
|
|
DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxString& value,
|
|
const wxRect& rect,
|
|
int horizAlign,
|
|
int vertAlign )
|
|
{
|
|
wxArrayString lines;
|
|
|
|
StringToLines( value, lines );
|
|
|
|
|
|
//Forward to new API.
|
|
DrawTextRectangle( dc,
|
|
lines,
|
|
rect,
|
|
horizAlign,
|
|
vertAlign );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxArrayString& lines,
|
|
const wxRect& rect,
|
|
int horizAlign,
|
|
int vertAlign )
|
|
{
|
|
long textWidth, textHeight;
|
|
long lineWidth, lineHeight;
|
|
|
|
dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
|
|
if ( lines.GetCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight );
|
|
|
|
float x, y;
|
|
switch ( horizAlign )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
|
|
x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
|
|
x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxALIGN_LEFT:
|
|
default:
|
|
x = rect.x + 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch ( vertAlign )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
|
|
y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
|
|
y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case wxALIGN_TOP:
|
|
default:
|
|
y = rect.y + 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y );
|
|
y += lineHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing
|
|
// contents of the string array are preserved.
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
|
|
{
|
|
int startPos = 0;
|
|
int pos;
|
|
wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
|
|
wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
|
|
|
|
while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() )
|
|
{
|
|
pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
|
|
if ( pos < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( pos == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
|
|
}
|
|
startPos += pos+1;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() )
|
|
{
|
|
lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc,
|
|
const wxArrayString& lines,
|
|
long *width, long *height )
|
|
{
|
|
long w = 0;
|
|
long h = 0;
|
|
long lineW, lineH;
|
|
|
|
size_t i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
|
|
w = wxMax( w, lineW );
|
|
h += lineH;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*width = w;
|
|
*height = h;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Batch processing.
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::EndBatch()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_batchCount--;
|
|
if ( !m_batchCount )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
|
|
// repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
|
|
// BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
|
|
{
|
|
BeginBatch();
|
|
EndBatch();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Edit control functions
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: improve this ?
|
|
//
|
|
if ( edit != m_editable )
|
|
{
|
|
if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit);
|
|
m_editable = edit;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
|
|
{
|
|
if (! m_editable)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( enable )
|
|
{
|
|
if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// this should be checked by the caller!
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
|
|
_T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
|
|
|
|
// do it before ShowCellEditControl()
|
|
m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
|
|
|
|
ShowCellEditControl();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//FIXME:add veto support
|
|
SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
SaveEditControlValue();
|
|
|
|
// do it after HideCellEditControl()
|
|
m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
|
|
{
|
|
// const_cast
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
|
|
bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
return readonly;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
|
|
{
|
|
// the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
|
|
// current one if it's read only
|
|
return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
|
|
{
|
|
bool isShown = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
if ( editor )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( editor->IsCreated() )
|
|
{
|
|
isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return isShown;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
|
|
{
|
|
m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
// if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
|
|
int cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row += cell_rows;
|
|
col += cell_cols;
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// convert to scrolled coords
|
|
//
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
|
|
|
// done in PaintBackground()
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
|
|
// might not cover the entire cell
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
|
|
dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
|
|
dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
|
|
#endif // 0
|
|
|
|
// cell is shifted by one pixel
|
|
// However, don't allow x or y to become negative
|
|
// since the SetSize() method interprets that as
|
|
// "don't change."
|
|
if (rect.x > 0)
|
|
rect.x--;
|
|
if (rect.y > 0)
|
|
rect.y--;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
|
|
{
|
|
editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1,
|
|
new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
|
|
|
|
wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
|
|
wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
|
|
this,
|
|
row,
|
|
col,
|
|
editor->GetControl());
|
|
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
editor->Show( TRUE, attr );
|
|
|
|
// resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
|
|
wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
|
|
if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
|
|
{
|
|
wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
|
|
wxCoord y = 0, best_width = 0;
|
|
dc.SetFont(attr->GetFont());
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent(value, &best_width, &y);
|
|
|
|
int cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
attr->GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
|
|
if ((best_width > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for (i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i))
|
|
{
|
|
rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
|
|
if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
editor->SetSize( rect );
|
|
|
|
editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
|
|
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
editor->Show( FALSE );
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
m_gridWin->SetFocus();
|
|
// refresh whole row to the right
|
|
wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
|
|
rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col);
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
|
|
|
|
editor->DecRef();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
if (changed)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
// Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
|
|
SetCellValue(row,col,oldval);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Grid location functions
|
|
// Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
|
|
// grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
|
|
// coordinates for mouse events etc.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = YToRow(y);
|
|
int col = XToCol(x);
|
|
|
|
if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
coords.Set( row, col );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
|
|
// (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
|
|
// m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
|
|
// of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
|
|
|
|
static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
|
|
const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
|
|
bool maxOnOverflow)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!defaultDist)
|
|
defaultDist = 1;
|
|
size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
|
|
i_min = 0;
|
|
if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
|
|
{
|
|
if((int) i_max <= nMax)
|
|
return i_max;
|
|
return maxOnOverflow ? (int)i_max : -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
|
|
i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
|
|
{
|
|
i_min = i_max;
|
|
i_max = coord / minDist;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
|
|
i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
|
|
return maxOnOverflow ? (int)i_max : -1;
|
|
if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
|
|
0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
|
|
if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
|
|
return i_max;
|
|
else
|
|
i_max--;
|
|
int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
|
|
if (coord < BorderArray[median])
|
|
i_max = median;
|
|
else
|
|
i_min = median;
|
|
}
|
|
return i_max;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
|
|
{
|
|
return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
|
|
WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
|
|
{
|
|
return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
|
|
WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH, m_colRights, m_numCols, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
|
|
// -1 if not near an edge
|
|
//
|
|
int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
i = internalYToRow(y);
|
|
|
|
if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
{
|
|
// We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
|
|
// close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
|
|
if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
return i;
|
|
else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
return i - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
|
|
// -1 if not near an edge
|
|
//
|
|
int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
i = internalXToCol(x);
|
|
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
{
|
|
// We know that we are in column i, test whether we are
|
|
// close enough to right or left border, respectively.
|
|
if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
return i;
|
|
else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
|
|
return i - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
|
|
col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
rect.width = rect.height = 0;
|
|
GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
// if negative then find multicell owner
|
|
if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
|
|
if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
|
|
GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
|
|
|
|
rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
|
|
rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
|
|
for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
|
|
rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
|
|
for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
|
|
rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
|
|
if (m_gridLinesEnabled) {
|
|
rect.width -= 1;
|
|
rect.height -= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return rect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// get the cell rectangle in logical coords
|
|
//
|
|
wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
|
|
|
|
// convert to device coords
|
|
//
|
|
int left, top, right, bottom;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
// check against the client area of the grid window
|
|
//
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
if ( wholeCellVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// is the cell wholly visible ?
|
|
//
|
|
return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
|
|
top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// is the cell partly visible ?
|
|
//
|
|
return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
|
|
((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
|
|
// of scrolling
|
|
//
|
|
void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
|
|
|
|
if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
|
|
col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
// get the cell rectangle in logical coords
|
|
//
|
|
wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
|
|
|
|
// convert to device coords
|
|
//
|
|
int left, top, right, bottom;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
if ( top < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
ypos = r.GetTop();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( bottom > ch )
|
|
{
|
|
int h = r.GetHeight();
|
|
ypos = r.GetTop();
|
|
for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- )
|
|
{
|
|
int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
|
|
if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
h += rowHeight;
|
|
ypos -= rowHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
|
|
// have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
|
|
// might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
|
|
//
|
|
// Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
|
|
// scroll unit...
|
|
ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( left < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
xpos = r.GetLeft();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( right > cw )
|
|
{
|
|
int w = r.GetWidth();
|
|
xpos = r.GetLeft();
|
|
for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- )
|
|
{
|
|
int colWidth = GetColWidth(i);
|
|
if ( w + colWidth > cw )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
w += colWidth;
|
|
xpos -= colWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// see comment for ypos above
|
|
xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( xpos != -1 )
|
|
xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
|
|
if ( ypos != -1 )
|
|
ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
|
|
Scroll( xpos, ypos );
|
|
AdjustScrollbars();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Grid cursor movement functions
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( expandSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
|
|
if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
if ( row > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
int y = GetRowTop(row);
|
|
int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 );
|
|
if ( newRow == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
newRow = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( newRow == row )
|
|
{
|
|
newRow = row - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
if ( row < m_numRows )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
int y = GetRowTop(row);
|
|
int newRow = YToRow( y + ch );
|
|
if ( newRow == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
newRow = m_numRows - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( newRow == row )
|
|
{
|
|
newRow = row + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
|
|
// non-empty cells
|
|
//
|
|
while ( row > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row-- ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting at the top of a block: find the next block
|
|
//
|
|
row--;
|
|
while ( row > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row-- ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting within a block: find the top of the block
|
|
//
|
|
while ( row > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
row-- ;
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
row++ ;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( row, col );
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
SetCurrentCell( row, col );
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
|
|
// non-empty cells
|
|
//
|
|
while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
row++ ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
|
|
//
|
|
row++;
|
|
while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
row++ ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
|
|
//
|
|
while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
row++ ;
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
row-- ;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( row, col );
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
SetCurrentCell( row, col );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
|
|
// non-empty cells
|
|
//
|
|
while ( col > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
col-- ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting at the left of a block: find the next block
|
|
//
|
|
col--;
|
|
while ( col > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
col-- ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting within a block: find the left of the block
|
|
//
|
|
while ( col > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
col-- ;
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
col++ ;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( row, col );
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
SetCurrentCell( row, col );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
|
|
// non-empty cells
|
|
//
|
|
while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
col++ ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
|
|
{
|
|
// starting at the right of a block: find the next block
|
|
//
|
|
col++;
|
|
while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
col++ ;
|
|
if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// starting within a block: find the right of the block
|
|
//
|
|
while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
|
|
{
|
|
col++ ;
|
|
if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
|
|
{
|
|
col-- ;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MakeCellVisible( row, col );
|
|
if ( expandSelection )
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
|
|
HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
SetCurrentCell( row, col );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Label values and formatting
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
|
|
{
|
|
*horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
|
|
*vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
|
|
{
|
|
*horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
|
|
*vert = m_colLabelVertAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxString s;
|
|
s << row;
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxString s;
|
|
s << col;
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
|
|
{
|
|
width = wxMax( width, 0 );
|
|
if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( width == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
|
|
if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_rowLabelWidth = width;
|
|
CalcWindowSizes();
|
|
wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
|
|
{
|
|
height = wxMax( height, 0 );
|
|
if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( height == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
|
|
if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_colLabelHeight = height;
|
|
CalcWindowSizes();
|
|
wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
|
|
{
|
|
m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
|
|
m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
|
|
{
|
|
m_labelTextColour = colour;
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
|
|
{
|
|
m_labelFont = font;
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
|
|
{
|
|
// allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
|
|
switch ( horiz )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
|
|
case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
|
|
case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch ( vert )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
|
|
case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
|
|
case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
|
|
{
|
|
// allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
|
|
switch ( horiz )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
|
|
case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
|
|
case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch ( vert )
|
|
{
|
|
case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
|
|
case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
|
|
case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
|
|
if ( rect.height > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
|
|
rect.x = 0;
|
|
rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
|
|
if ( rect.width > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
|
|
rect.y = 0;
|
|
rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
|
|
{
|
|
m_gridLineColour = colour;
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
|
|
{
|
|
m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
|
|
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
|
|
DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) {
|
|
m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
|
|
|
|
// Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
|
|
// make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) {
|
|
m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
|
|
|
|
// Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
|
|
// make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
|
|
int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
|
|
int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
|
|
if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
|
|
{
|
|
m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( enable )
|
|
{
|
|
wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
|
|
PrepareDC( dc );
|
|
DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultRowHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
|
|
|
|
return GetRowHeight(row);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultColWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
|
|
|
|
return GetColWidth(col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
// access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
|
|
// itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
|
|
// ============================================================================
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// setting default attributes
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
|
|
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
|
m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// access to the default attrbiutes
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
|
|
{
|
|
return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// access to cell attributes
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
return colour;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
return colour;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
return font;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
return allow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
return renderer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
return editor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
return isReadOnly;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
|
|
m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
|
|
m_attrCache.row = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast
|
|
|
|
self->ClearAttrCache();
|
|
self->m_attrCache.row = row;
|
|
self->m_attrCache.col = col;
|
|
self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
|
|
wxSafeIncRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
|
|
{
|
|
*attr = m_attrCache.attr;
|
|
wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
|
|
gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
|
|
// Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
|
|
// wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
|
|
if ( row >= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
|
|
{
|
|
attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
|
|
: (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (attr)
|
|
{
|
|
attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
|
|
attr->IncRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr,
|
|
_T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") );
|
|
|
|
attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
|
|
if ( !attr )
|
|
{
|
|
attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
|
|
|
|
// artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
|
|
attr->IncRef();
|
|
m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
|
|
{
|
|
SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
|
|
{
|
|
SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
|
|
{
|
|
wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
|
|
if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
|
|
{
|
|
typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
|
|
if(!attr)
|
|
attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
|
|
attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
|
|
|
|
SetColAttr(col, attr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
|
|
ClearAttrCache();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
|
|
ClearAttrCache();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
|
|
ClearAttrCache();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wxSafeDecRef(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetTextColour(colour);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetFont(font);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetOverflow(allow);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
int cell_rows, cell_cols;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
|
|
attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
|
|
// Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
|
|
// While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
|
|
// handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
|
|
// You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
|
|
wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
|
|
wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
|
|
wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
|
|
|
|
// if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
|
|
if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
|
|
{
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((i != col) || (j != row))
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
|
|
attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
|
|
attr_stub->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
|
|
// negative or zero values to point back at this cell
|
|
if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
|
|
{
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((i != col) || (j != row))
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
|
|
attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
|
|
attr_stub->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetEditor(editor);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
|
|
{
|
|
wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Data type registration
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* editor)
|
|
{
|
|
m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
|
|
return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
|
|
return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellEditor*
|
|
wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
|
|
{
|
|
int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
|
|
if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer*
|
|
wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
|
|
{
|
|
int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
|
|
if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// row/col size
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
|
|
{
|
|
m_canDragRowSize = enable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
|
|
{
|
|
m_canDragColSize = enable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
|
|
{
|
|
m_canDragGridSize = enable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT );
|
|
|
|
if ( resizeExistingRows )
|
|
{
|
|
// since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
|
|
// we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
|
|
// arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
|
|
// some speed optimisations)
|
|
m_rowHeights.Empty();
|
|
m_rowBottoms.Empty();
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
|
|
|
|
if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
// need to really create the array
|
|
InitRowHeights();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int h = wxMax( 0, height );
|
|
int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
|
|
|
|
m_rowHeights[row] = h;
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
|
|
{
|
|
m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH );
|
|
|
|
if ( resizeExistingCols )
|
|
{
|
|
// since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
|
|
// we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
|
|
// arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
|
|
// some speed optimisations)
|
|
m_colWidths.Empty();
|
|
m_colRights.Empty();
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
|
|
{
|
|
wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
|
|
|
|
// should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
|
|
|
|
if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
// need to really create the array
|
|
InitColWidths();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int w = wxMax( 0, width );
|
|
int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
|
|
m_colWidths[col] = w;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colRights[i] += diff;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
CalcDimensions();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
|
|
{
|
|
m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
|
|
{
|
|
long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col);
|
|
return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
|
|
{
|
|
long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row);
|
|
return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// auto sizing
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
|
|
{
|
|
wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
|
|
|
|
// init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one
|
|
int row = -1,
|
|
col = -1;
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
col = colOrRow;
|
|
else
|
|
row = colOrRow;
|
|
|
|
wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
|
|
int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
|
|
for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
row = rowOrCol;
|
|
else
|
|
col = rowOrCol;
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
|
|
wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
|
|
if ( renderer )
|
|
{
|
|
wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
|
|
extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
|
|
if ( extent > extentMax )
|
|
{
|
|
extentMax = extent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
renderer->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
attr->DecRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// now also compare with the column label extent
|
|
wxCoord w, h;
|
|
dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
|
|
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
|
|
else
|
|
dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
|
|
|
|
extent = column ? w : h;
|
|
if ( extent > extentMax )
|
|
{
|
|
extentMax = extent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !extentMax )
|
|
{
|
|
// empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
|
|
// than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
|
|
extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
{
|
|
// leave some space around text
|
|
extentMax += 10;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
extentMax += 6;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
{
|
|
SetColSize(col, extentMax);
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, dummy;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
|
|
rect.y = 0;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
|
|
rect.width = cw - rect.x;
|
|
rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
int cw, ch, dummy;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
|
|
rect.x = 0;
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
|
|
rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
rect.height = ch - rect.y;
|
|
m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( setAsMin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( column )
|
|
SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
|
|
else
|
|
SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
|
|
{
|
|
int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
|
|
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
BeginBatch();
|
|
|
|
for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
{
|
|
AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
width += GetColWidth(col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
EndBatch();
|
|
|
|
return width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
|
|
{
|
|
int height = m_colLabelHeight;
|
|
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
BeginBatch();
|
|
|
|
for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
{
|
|
AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
height += GetRowHeight(row);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !calcOnly )
|
|
EndBatch();
|
|
|
|
return height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::AutoSize()
|
|
{
|
|
BeginBatch();
|
|
|
|
wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE));
|
|
|
|
// round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
|
|
// won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
|
|
wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X,
|
|
GetScrollY(size.y) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y);
|
|
|
|
// distribute the extra space between teh columns/rows to avoid having
|
|
// extra white space
|
|
wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
|
|
if ( diff )
|
|
{
|
|
// try to resize the columns uniformly
|
|
wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
|
|
if ( diffPerCol )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
|
|
{
|
|
SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// add remaining amount to the last columns
|
|
diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
|
|
if ( diff )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
|
|
{
|
|
SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// same for rows
|
|
diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
|
|
if ( diff )
|
|
{
|
|
// try to resize the columns uniformly
|
|
wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
|
|
if ( diffPerRow )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
|
|
{
|
|
SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// add remaining amount to the last rows
|
|
diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
|
|
if ( diff )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
|
|
{
|
|
SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EndBatch();
|
|
|
|
SetClientSize(sizeFit);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
|
|
{
|
|
// don't set sizes, only calculate them
|
|
wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast
|
|
|
|
int width, height;
|
|
width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE);
|
|
height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
int maxwidth, maxheight;
|
|
wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
|
|
|
|
if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth;
|
|
if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight;
|
|
|
|
return wxSize( width, height );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::Fit()
|
|
{
|
|
AutoSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
|
|
{
|
|
return wxNullPen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// cell value accessor functions
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_table )
|
|
{
|
|
m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
|
|
if ( !GetBatchCount() )
|
|
{
|
|
int dummy;
|
|
wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
|
|
rect.x = 0;
|
|
rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
|
|
m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
|
|
m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
|
|
IsCellEditControlShown())
|
|
// Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
|
|
// this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
|
|
// an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
|
|
{
|
|
HideCellEditControl();
|
|
ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Block, row and col selection
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
|
|
bool addToSelected )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
|
|
ClearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
|
|
FALSE, addToSelected );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::SelectAll()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Cell, row and col deselection
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_selection )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
int nCols = GetNumberCols();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !m_selection )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
int nRows = GetNumberRows();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
|
|
m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
|
|
( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
|
|
{
|
|
return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
|
|
( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
|
|
col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
|
|
row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
|
|
col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
|
|
return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
|
|
}
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
|
|
return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
|
|
}
|
|
wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
|
|
return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
|
|
}
|
|
wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
|
|
return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
|
|
}
|
|
wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
|
|
return m_selection->m_colSelection;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
|
if ( m_selection )
|
|
m_selection->ClearSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
|
|
// in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
|
|
//
|
|
wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
|
|
const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
|
|
{
|
|
wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
|
|
wxRect cellRect;
|
|
|
|
cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
|
|
if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
|
|
{
|
|
rect = cellRect;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
|
|
if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
|
|
{
|
|
rect += cellRect;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return wxGridNoCellRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int left = rect.GetLeft();
|
|
int top = rect.GetTop();
|
|
int right = rect.GetRight();
|
|
int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
|
|
|
|
int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
|
|
int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
|
|
int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
|
|
int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
|
|
|
|
if (left > right)
|
|
{
|
|
i = left;
|
|
left = right;
|
|
right = i;
|
|
i = leftCol;
|
|
leftCol=rightCol;
|
|
rightCol = i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (top > bottom)
|
|
{
|
|
i = top;
|
|
top = bottom;
|
|
bottom = i;
|
|
i = topRow;
|
|
topRow = bottomRow;
|
|
bottomRow = i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol))
|
|
{
|
|
cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
|
|
|
|
if (cellRect.x < left)
|
|
left = cellRect.x;
|
|
if (cellRect.y < top)
|
|
top = cellRect.y;
|
|
if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
|
|
right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
|
|
if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
|
|
bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
|
|
}
|
|
else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// convert to scrolled coords
|
|
//
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
|
|
CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
|
|
|
|
int cw, ch;
|
|
m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
|
|
|
|
if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
|
|
return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
|
|
rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
|
|
rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
|
|
rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
|
|
|
|
return rect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ------ Grid event classes
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
|
|
|
|
wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
|
int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
|
|
bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
|
|
: wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
|
|
{
|
|
m_row = row;
|
|
m_col = col;
|
|
m_x = x;
|
|
m_y = y;
|
|
m_selecting = sel;
|
|
m_control = control;
|
|
m_shift = shift;
|
|
m_alt = alt;
|
|
m_meta = meta;
|
|
|
|
SetEventObject(obj);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
|
|
|
|
wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
|
int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
|
|
bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
|
|
: wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
|
|
{
|
|
m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
|
|
m_x = x;
|
|
m_y = y;
|
|
m_control = control;
|
|
m_shift = shift;
|
|
m_alt = alt;
|
|
m_meta = meta;
|
|
|
|
SetEventObject(obj);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
|
|
|
|
wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
|
const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
|
|
const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
|
|
bool sel, bool control,
|
|
bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
|
|
: wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
|
|
{
|
|
m_topLeft = topLeft;
|
|
m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
|
|
m_selecting = sel;
|
|
m_control = control;
|
|
m_shift = shift;
|
|
m_alt = alt;
|
|
m_meta = meta;
|
|
|
|
SetEventObject(obj);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
|
|
|
|
wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
|
|
wxObject* obj, int row,
|
|
int col, wxControl* ctrl)
|
|
: wxCommandEvent(type, id)
|
|
{
|
|
SetEventObject(obj);
|
|
m_row = row;
|
|
m_col = col;
|
|
m_ctrl = ctrl;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // !wxUSE_NEW_GRID/wxUSE_NEW_GRID
|
|
|
|
#endif // wxUSE_GRID
|